essential business and inter-personal skills...
TRANSCRIPT
Essential Business and Inter-Personal Skills
Courses
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsThe Art and Skill of PersuasionNegotiation Skills CoursePresentation Skills CourseReport Writing Effective Business Writing for Corporate Finance Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsStress ManagementInterviewing Skills Business Development PlanningHandling Conflict with ConfidenceCommunicating and InfluencingUnderstanding Your Brand And Your BusinessManagement and Team Development - Option 1Management and Team Development - Option 2People and Team ManagementPersonal Efficiency amp Managing MeetingsFacilitation SkillsCoaching SkillsChange ManagementStrategic ManagementStrategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills WorkshopNegotiating Skills for LawyersHandling Written and Telephone Complaints Training CourseTime Management Skills for Finance ProfessionalsSales amp Presentation Skills TrainingRisk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Corporate Membership Scheme
Our Corporate Membership Schemes are not valid on any courses held on an in-house basis and are in line with our standard Terms amp Conditions
If you would like to enquire about one of our Corporate Membership Schemes then please call or email us for more information
Email enquiriesrtlimitedcouk Tel +44 (0) 20 7387 4484
Our Corporate Membership Scheme gives clients the benefit of discounted course places with absolutely no
restrictions
Clients pay an annual subscription fee of pound595 + VAT to receive 20 discount on all public course and conference
bookings irrespective of the numbers booked
You Corporate Membership Scheme can be used once payment is received and will be valid for one year
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsDate 13-15 Mar 2018 10-12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound1395 + VAT Membership Price pound1116 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Day 1 ndash The Art amp Skill of Persuasion ndash A Workshop for Finance Professionals
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion
The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - listen-
ing and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations and
how others may perceive you
A bespoke solution for professionals at all levels of their career This three day seminar covers all aspects of those seemingly difficult soft skills which we all wish we found easier and yet for some of us are at best daunting and at worst terrifying ndash especially presentations The truth is everybody can and is able to master all of these skills ndash it is merely a question of confidence technique and practice hard work and more hard work The ldquonaturalsrdquo make it look easy because in reality they work hard behind the scenes and have practised over and over
This course can be taken as a three day session or as simply one or two separate days depending on which skill set delegates feel need to be honed Each day is a stand-alone session but the object is to build a complete tool set hence the recommended full 3 days The three sessions areDay 1 ndash The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDay 2 ndash Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDay 3 ndash Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals
Day 1 ndash The Art of skill amp Persuasion - The first day has been designed to meet the needs of finance professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations
This course will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practice persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Day 2 ndash Negotiation skills for Finance Professionals - The second day will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
Day 3 ndash Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals - The third day will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of
selling you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of oth-
ers Hone your listening skills and overcome
barriers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and
how to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing
for the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
Day 2 - Negotiation Skills for Finance Professionals
The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Nego-
tiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and inter-
ests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes
sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
Day 3 - Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to enhance
impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering tech-
niques Choosing the best route through your material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different visual
aids Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop presenta-
tions that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the same thing
Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDate 13 Mar 2018 10 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - lis-
tening and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations
and how others may perceive you
You will often hear it said by senior colleagues that the key to being an effective influencer is to ask ldquocan you make things happenrdquo and do you possess some ability to persuade people to take certain actions or accept decisions even if theyrsquore controversial It is tempting at times of frustration to say ldquono thatrsquos not merdquo but there are two crucial points to remember Firstly we all get our people skills in arrears and it is only through practice and experience that we improve because we learn by our mistakes Secondly outside of the work environment we all use skill and persuasion highly effectively and without even thinking about it Some of us are naturally better than others but if we actually had no persuasion skills none of us would meet partners raise a family or be able to organize social events So we all have the necessary ldquoxrdquo factor its transferring it into a work environment that seems to be the real barrier for most of us
Many people regard the ldquoart of persuasionrdquo as a difficult skill set to master mdash but it most certainly is not and it doesnrsquot have to be Practice and experience followed by practice and experience are the key
This workshop style course has been designed to meet the needs of professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations It will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practise persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of selling
you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of others Hone your listening skills and overcome barri-
ers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and how
to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing for
the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered ob-
jections The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 14 Mar 2018 11 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Introduction The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Ne-
gotiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and in-
terests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
All successful people are good at negotiating but to reach this stage most of us find it necessary to practice prepare hone up our skills and learn through experience There is probably no such thing as a natural negotiator even the best negotiators do so by refining their skills and planning important meetings very carefully beforehand There is no doubt that the more prepared you are for a meeting or negotiation the better the outcome and the quicker your skills will improve It is as simple as that
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
Corporate Membership Scheme
Our Corporate Membership Schemes are not valid on any courses held on an in-house basis and are in line with our standard Terms amp Conditions
If you would like to enquire about one of our Corporate Membership Schemes then please call or email us for more information
Email enquiriesrtlimitedcouk Tel +44 (0) 20 7387 4484
Our Corporate Membership Scheme gives clients the benefit of discounted course places with absolutely no
restrictions
Clients pay an annual subscription fee of pound595 + VAT to receive 20 discount on all public course and conference
bookings irrespective of the numbers booked
You Corporate Membership Scheme can be used once payment is received and will be valid for one year
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsDate 13-15 Mar 2018 10-12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound1395 + VAT Membership Price pound1116 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Day 1 ndash The Art amp Skill of Persuasion ndash A Workshop for Finance Professionals
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion
The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - listen-
ing and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations and
how others may perceive you
A bespoke solution for professionals at all levels of their career This three day seminar covers all aspects of those seemingly difficult soft skills which we all wish we found easier and yet for some of us are at best daunting and at worst terrifying ndash especially presentations The truth is everybody can and is able to master all of these skills ndash it is merely a question of confidence technique and practice hard work and more hard work The ldquonaturalsrdquo make it look easy because in reality they work hard behind the scenes and have practised over and over
This course can be taken as a three day session or as simply one or two separate days depending on which skill set delegates feel need to be honed Each day is a stand-alone session but the object is to build a complete tool set hence the recommended full 3 days The three sessions areDay 1 ndash The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDay 2 ndash Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDay 3 ndash Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals
Day 1 ndash The Art of skill amp Persuasion - The first day has been designed to meet the needs of finance professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations
This course will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practice persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Day 2 ndash Negotiation skills for Finance Professionals - The second day will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
Day 3 ndash Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals - The third day will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of
selling you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of oth-
ers Hone your listening skills and overcome
barriers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and
how to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing
for the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
Day 2 - Negotiation Skills for Finance Professionals
The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Nego-
tiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and inter-
ests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes
sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
Day 3 - Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to enhance
impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering tech-
niques Choosing the best route through your material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different visual
aids Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop presenta-
tions that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the same thing
Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDate 13 Mar 2018 10 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - lis-
tening and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations
and how others may perceive you
You will often hear it said by senior colleagues that the key to being an effective influencer is to ask ldquocan you make things happenrdquo and do you possess some ability to persuade people to take certain actions or accept decisions even if theyrsquore controversial It is tempting at times of frustration to say ldquono thatrsquos not merdquo but there are two crucial points to remember Firstly we all get our people skills in arrears and it is only through practice and experience that we improve because we learn by our mistakes Secondly outside of the work environment we all use skill and persuasion highly effectively and without even thinking about it Some of us are naturally better than others but if we actually had no persuasion skills none of us would meet partners raise a family or be able to organize social events So we all have the necessary ldquoxrdquo factor its transferring it into a work environment that seems to be the real barrier for most of us
Many people regard the ldquoart of persuasionrdquo as a difficult skill set to master mdash but it most certainly is not and it doesnrsquot have to be Practice and experience followed by practice and experience are the key
This workshop style course has been designed to meet the needs of professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations It will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practise persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of selling
you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of others Hone your listening skills and overcome barri-
ers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and how
to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing for
the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered ob-
jections The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 14 Mar 2018 11 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Introduction The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Ne-
gotiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and in-
terests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
All successful people are good at negotiating but to reach this stage most of us find it necessary to practice prepare hone up our skills and learn through experience There is probably no such thing as a natural negotiator even the best negotiators do so by refining their skills and planning important meetings very carefully beforehand There is no doubt that the more prepared you are for a meeting or negotiation the better the outcome and the quicker your skills will improve It is as simple as that
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsDate 13-15 Mar 2018 10-12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound1395 + VAT Membership Price pound1116 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Day 1 ndash The Art amp Skill of Persuasion ndash A Workshop for Finance Professionals
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion
The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - listen-
ing and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations and
how others may perceive you
A bespoke solution for professionals at all levels of their career This three day seminar covers all aspects of those seemingly difficult soft skills which we all wish we found easier and yet for some of us are at best daunting and at worst terrifying ndash especially presentations The truth is everybody can and is able to master all of these skills ndash it is merely a question of confidence technique and practice hard work and more hard work The ldquonaturalsrdquo make it look easy because in reality they work hard behind the scenes and have practised over and over
This course can be taken as a three day session or as simply one or two separate days depending on which skill set delegates feel need to be honed Each day is a stand-alone session but the object is to build a complete tool set hence the recommended full 3 days The three sessions areDay 1 ndash The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDay 2 ndash Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDay 3 ndash Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals
Day 1 ndash The Art of skill amp Persuasion - The first day has been designed to meet the needs of finance professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations
This course will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practice persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Day 2 ndash Negotiation skills for Finance Professionals - The second day will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
Day 3 ndash Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals - The third day will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of
selling you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of oth-
ers Hone your listening skills and overcome
barriers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and
how to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing
for the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
Day 2 - Negotiation Skills for Finance Professionals
The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Nego-
tiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and inter-
ests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes
sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
Day 3 - Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to enhance
impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering tech-
niques Choosing the best route through your material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different visual
aids Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop presenta-
tions that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the same thing
Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDate 13 Mar 2018 10 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - lis-
tening and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations
and how others may perceive you
You will often hear it said by senior colleagues that the key to being an effective influencer is to ask ldquocan you make things happenrdquo and do you possess some ability to persuade people to take certain actions or accept decisions even if theyrsquore controversial It is tempting at times of frustration to say ldquono thatrsquos not merdquo but there are two crucial points to remember Firstly we all get our people skills in arrears and it is only through practice and experience that we improve because we learn by our mistakes Secondly outside of the work environment we all use skill and persuasion highly effectively and without even thinking about it Some of us are naturally better than others but if we actually had no persuasion skills none of us would meet partners raise a family or be able to organize social events So we all have the necessary ldquoxrdquo factor its transferring it into a work environment that seems to be the real barrier for most of us
Many people regard the ldquoart of persuasionrdquo as a difficult skill set to master mdash but it most certainly is not and it doesnrsquot have to be Practice and experience followed by practice and experience are the key
This workshop style course has been designed to meet the needs of professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations It will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practise persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of selling
you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of others Hone your listening skills and overcome barri-
ers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and how
to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing for
the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered ob-
jections The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 14 Mar 2018 11 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Introduction The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Ne-
gotiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and in-
terests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
All successful people are good at negotiating but to reach this stage most of us find it necessary to practice prepare hone up our skills and learn through experience There is probably no such thing as a natural negotiator even the best negotiators do so by refining their skills and planning important meetings very carefully beforehand There is no doubt that the more prepared you are for a meeting or negotiation the better the outcome and the quicker your skills will improve It is as simple as that
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of
selling you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of oth-
ers Hone your listening skills and overcome
barriers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and
how to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing
for the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
Day 2 - Negotiation Skills for Finance Professionals
The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Nego-
tiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and inter-
ests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes
sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
Day 3 - Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to enhance
impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering tech-
niques Choosing the best route through your material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different visual
aids Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop presenta-
tions that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the same thing
Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDate 13 Mar 2018 10 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - lis-
tening and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations
and how others may perceive you
You will often hear it said by senior colleagues that the key to being an effective influencer is to ask ldquocan you make things happenrdquo and do you possess some ability to persuade people to take certain actions or accept decisions even if theyrsquore controversial It is tempting at times of frustration to say ldquono thatrsquos not merdquo but there are two crucial points to remember Firstly we all get our people skills in arrears and it is only through practice and experience that we improve because we learn by our mistakes Secondly outside of the work environment we all use skill and persuasion highly effectively and without even thinking about it Some of us are naturally better than others but if we actually had no persuasion skills none of us would meet partners raise a family or be able to organize social events So we all have the necessary ldquoxrdquo factor its transferring it into a work environment that seems to be the real barrier for most of us
Many people regard the ldquoart of persuasionrdquo as a difficult skill set to master mdash but it most certainly is not and it doesnrsquot have to be Practice and experience followed by practice and experience are the key
This workshop style course has been designed to meet the needs of professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations It will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practise persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of selling
you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of others Hone your listening skills and overcome barri-
ers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and how
to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing for
the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered ob-
jections The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 14 Mar 2018 11 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Introduction The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Ne-
gotiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and in-
terests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
All successful people are good at negotiating but to reach this stage most of us find it necessary to practice prepare hone up our skills and learn through experience There is probably no such thing as a natural negotiator even the best negotiators do so by refining their skills and planning important meetings very carefully beforehand There is no doubt that the more prepared you are for a meeting or negotiation the better the outcome and the quicker your skills will improve It is as simple as that
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes
sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
Day 3 - Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to enhance
impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering tech-
niques Choosing the best route through your material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different visual
aids Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop presenta-
tions that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the same thing
Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDate 13 Mar 2018 10 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - lis-
tening and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations
and how others may perceive you
You will often hear it said by senior colleagues that the key to being an effective influencer is to ask ldquocan you make things happenrdquo and do you possess some ability to persuade people to take certain actions or accept decisions even if theyrsquore controversial It is tempting at times of frustration to say ldquono thatrsquos not merdquo but there are two crucial points to remember Firstly we all get our people skills in arrears and it is only through practice and experience that we improve because we learn by our mistakes Secondly outside of the work environment we all use skill and persuasion highly effectively and without even thinking about it Some of us are naturally better than others but if we actually had no persuasion skills none of us would meet partners raise a family or be able to organize social events So we all have the necessary ldquoxrdquo factor its transferring it into a work environment that seems to be the real barrier for most of us
Many people regard the ldquoart of persuasionrdquo as a difficult skill set to master mdash but it most certainly is not and it doesnrsquot have to be Practice and experience followed by practice and experience are the key
This workshop style course has been designed to meet the needs of professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations It will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practise persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of selling
you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of others Hone your listening skills and overcome barri-
ers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and how
to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing for
the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered ob-
jections The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 14 Mar 2018 11 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Introduction The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Ne-
gotiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and in-
terests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
All successful people are good at negotiating but to reach this stage most of us find it necessary to practice prepare hone up our skills and learn through experience There is probably no such thing as a natural negotiator even the best negotiators do so by refining their skills and planning important meetings very carefully beforehand There is no doubt that the more prepared you are for a meeting or negotiation the better the outcome and the quicker your skills will improve It is as simple as that
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Persuasion Negotiation amp Presentation SkillsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the same thing
Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDate 13 Mar 2018 10 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - lis-
tening and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations
and how others may perceive you
You will often hear it said by senior colleagues that the key to being an effective influencer is to ask ldquocan you make things happenrdquo and do you possess some ability to persuade people to take certain actions or accept decisions even if theyrsquore controversial It is tempting at times of frustration to say ldquono thatrsquos not merdquo but there are two crucial points to remember Firstly we all get our people skills in arrears and it is only through practice and experience that we improve because we learn by our mistakes Secondly outside of the work environment we all use skill and persuasion highly effectively and without even thinking about it Some of us are naturally better than others but if we actually had no persuasion skills none of us would meet partners raise a family or be able to organize social events So we all have the necessary ldquoxrdquo factor its transferring it into a work environment that seems to be the real barrier for most of us
Many people regard the ldquoart of persuasionrdquo as a difficult skill set to master mdash but it most certainly is not and it doesnrsquot have to be Practice and experience followed by practice and experience are the key
This workshop style course has been designed to meet the needs of professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations It will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practise persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of selling
you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of others Hone your listening skills and overcome barri-
ers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and how
to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing for
the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered ob-
jections The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 14 Mar 2018 11 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Introduction The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Ne-
gotiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and in-
terests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
All successful people are good at negotiating but to reach this stage most of us find it necessary to practice prepare hone up our skills and learn through experience There is probably no such thing as a natural negotiator even the best negotiators do so by refining their skills and planning important meetings very carefully beforehand There is no doubt that the more prepared you are for a meeting or negotiation the better the outcome and the quicker your skills will improve It is as simple as that
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionDate 13 Mar 2018 10 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Understanding Persuasion What makes a successful persuader The qualities of a successful persuader Influencing and persuading not manipula-
tion Defining persuasion and influence Principles of effective influencing Self- Belief Confidence amp Assertiveness What do we mean by push and pull styles
of persuasion The psychology of persuasion ndash the basics
Exercise Persuading members of the group to do business with you in just one minute
Preparing to persuade Building Trust ldquoMocking Birdrdquo Theory Non verbal communication Building Trust and rapport Finding out what others want or need - lis-
tening and questioning Perception ndash how you perceive situations
and how others may perceive you
You will often hear it said by senior colleagues that the key to being an effective influencer is to ask ldquocan you make things happenrdquo and do you possess some ability to persuade people to take certain actions or accept decisions even if theyrsquore controversial It is tempting at times of frustration to say ldquono thatrsquos not merdquo but there are two crucial points to remember Firstly we all get our people skills in arrears and it is only through practice and experience that we improve because we learn by our mistakes Secondly outside of the work environment we all use skill and persuasion highly effectively and without even thinking about it Some of us are naturally better than others but if we actually had no persuasion skills none of us would meet partners raise a family or be able to organize social events So we all have the necessary ldquoxrdquo factor its transferring it into a work environment that seems to be the real barrier for most of us
Many people regard the ldquoart of persuasionrdquo as a difficult skill set to master mdash but it most certainly is not and it doesnrsquot have to be Practice and experience followed by practice and experience are the key
This workshop style course has been designed to meet the needs of professionals who need to build relationships within their organisation in order to get colleagues on side and for those in a sales or account management role who are dealing with potentially difficult customers or situations It will help you bring people around to your way of thinking reducing resistance to new ideas and eliminating conflict You will learn how to build rapport more easily by utilising appropriate communication styles and practise persuasion techniques for dealing with difficult people and situations
Exercise Persuading a best friend to lend you their new dream sports car when they secretly think you are a reckless driver
Explore what others want Setting clear objectives on the scope of selling
you wish to embark on Effective questioning techniques Realise the values and motivations of others Hone your listening skills and overcome barri-
ers to active listening The identification of individual lsquofiltersrsquo and how
to overcome these The power of positive thought ndash preparing for
the persuasion discussion
Exercise Getting a car fixed by a lazy and indifferent mechanic at the best price when you are desperate to continue an urgent journey
Communication Style Choose from a range of communication styles
depending upon the situation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered ob-
jections The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 14 Mar 2018 11 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Introduction The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Ne-
gotiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and in-
terests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
All successful people are good at negotiating but to reach this stage most of us find it necessary to practice prepare hone up our skills and learn through experience There is probably no such thing as a natural negotiator even the best negotiators do so by refining their skills and planning important meetings very carefully beforehand There is no doubt that the more prepared you are for a meeting or negotiation the better the outcome and the quicker your skills will improve It is as simple as that
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
The Art of Skill amp PersuasionContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Learn to respond rather than react Open leading and closed questions The Funnel questioning technique Understanding values and how to persuade
around these Questioning techniques to understand val-
ues and build relationships
Exercise Persuading your boss to allocate the pay and rations pool more fairly than just you and them Overcome resistance Select one of the six levels of assertive-
ness without compromising the values of others
Apply a practical 6-step Influence Model Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Dealing with conflict ndash handling difficult
situations without emotions Presenting your case with impact taking
the values of others into account
Example Getting a colleague to lend you a member of staff who you really need when they know you have a reputation for over resourcing your area
State your case persuasively Presenting at the right stage Adopt strategies that work for you State your case assertively and convincing-
ly Knowing the audience Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Delivering a presentation
Exercise Picking an object at random in the room persuade the rest of us to buy it from you in a minute or less Handling Objections Identifying frequently encountered ob-
jections The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 14 Mar 2018 11 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Introduction The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Ne-
gotiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and in-
terests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
All successful people are good at negotiating but to reach this stage most of us find it necessary to practice prepare hone up our skills and learn through experience There is probably no such thing as a natural negotiator even the best negotiators do so by refining their skills and planning important meetings very carefully beforehand There is no doubt that the more prepared you are for a meeting or negotiation the better the outcome and the quicker your skills will improve It is as simple as that
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 14 Mar 2018 11 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Introduction The Process of Negotiation The ldquosoftrdquo parts of negotiation Behavioural elements Psychological elements Objectives in negotiation Communication Skills of the Effective Ne-
gotiator Assessing information Establishing the parameters What is the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome
Exercise Tell us all in one minute why we should buy your productservice
The ldquoInterestsrdquo Interests The difference between positions and in-
terests Identifying and prioritising your interests Common mistakes when handling interests When is negotiation a good idea The elements of an effective negotiation
Exercise ldquoClosurerdquo - a deal will not close and expires soon and you have been sent to see the client by the CEO to establish why there are delays Can you get the deal completed by expiry day
The ldquoOptionsrdquo Generating and evaluating possible options Identifying your ideal outcome Common errors when generating options
All successful people are good at negotiating but to reach this stage most of us find it necessary to practice prepare hone up our skills and learn through experience There is probably no such thing as a natural negotiator even the best negotiators do so by refining their skills and planning important meetings very carefully beforehand There is no doubt that the more prepared you are for a meeting or negotiation the better the outcome and the quicker your skills will improve It is as simple as that
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of negotiating the ldquowin-winrdquo outcome so often mentioned in selling textbooks It examines the best ways of dealing with customers of all types whilst remaining mindful that the principles of fairness seeking mutual benefit and maintaining a relationship are the keys to a successful outcome Hard selling works sometimes ndash usually only once Negotiated sales generate repeat business and ultimately longer term relationships
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
Exercise ldquoThe Downsizerdquo as a main board director try to persuade two junior department heads to lose some of their people as part of a cost cutting exercise Will you achieve your goal or will your colleagues get their way ndash no losses
Understanding Negotiation Outcomes Evaluate the options Where do you think it will end Is there a ldquowinrdquo or would a compromise be
better Setting clear objectives Being prepared to lose when it makes sense
Exercise Call at the bank as a business owner to share with them why you are reluctant to sign off a deal they have offered you for a major funding The reasons may not be as straightforward as they seem Can they put your minds at rest or not
The Negotiating Process ndash soft skills Making proposals and giving and receiving
concessions Breaking Deadlock Agreeing a remedy Understanding the negotiatorrsquos role Key stages of the process Giving information Reading signals Making a plan Reviewing assumptions Working through the meetingdiscussion
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
process Probing in order to develop understanding Reaching agreement
Exercise ldquoMaster of the Universerdquo you are summoned to a meeting with the CEO You are certain this is a long overdue promotion Be prepared to negotiate the best possible terms
Challenges ndash psychological elements Different types of people Behavioural approaches amp body language Deadlocks Standstills amp Concessions Tricks Traps amp Tactics When amp Where to Negotiate ndash Electronic
Media are not ideal
Exercise ldquoThe Presentationrdquo You are asked to present a detailed synopsis of your productservice to clients Will you be able to give them enough detail
Course Conclusion Summary Debrief
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsDate 15 Mar 2018 12 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
The Essentials - The Presenter - You Carrying out the lsquoessential checksrsquo Presenting the lsquorightrsquo image Using your words tone and body language Working with the qualities of your voice Acknowledging and overcoming nerves Using relaxation techniques Using mannerisms and gestures to en-
hance impact The qualities of a successful presenter
Exercise A high profile and well known subject will be allocated to each member of the group (can be changed if you donrsquot like your topic) Each member will prepare a 5 minute flip chart presentation to tell us about the topic These will continue one or two at a time between each session The group will be asked to give positive feedback to each presenter
The Essentials ndash The Material ndash What Are You Going to Say Performing a needs analysis Writing the basic outline Researching writing and editing Establishing a clear purpose Using successful information gathering
techniques Choosing the best route through your
material Identifying the key points Creating strong openings and closings Knowing the pros and cons of different
visual aids
Presentation skills are possessed by everyone no matter how challenging it seems Everyone can present and present well the secret is hard work preparation practice and more hard work The so called ldquomastersrdquo make it look easy because they work very hard behind the scenes to plan the process and have practiced over and over again
Ask yourself am I comfortable addressing a group of colleagues in an informal gathering members of a family group many mates in a team friends in a club colleagues in a crowded canteen and the answer will be ldquoyes of courserdquo
Ask you to stand in front of that very same group and address them formally and the answer suddenly changes Why No confidence lack of preparation and the fear of making a fool of yourself Everyone feels this way first time
This course will help you to overcome these unwarranted fears and turn you into the competent presenter that is within all of us ndash once we realise it
Making it big bold and brilliant
Exercise Presentations as above
The Essentials ndash The Audience ndash Who Will You be Saying it To Knowing your audience to develop pres-
entations that appeal Building rapport Getting and keeping them on your side Working with questions Handling difficult people Understanding group dynamics
Exercise Presentations as above
Next Step ndash Delivery Methods Basic methods Advanced methods Basic criteria to consider Choose from a range of communication
styles depending upon the situation Listening and Hearing They arenrsquot the
same thing Asking questions Communicating with power
Example Each delegate will be asked to prepare a presentation based on their own product or service (the delegate to choose) and will be asked to present it to the group The group will give positive feedback after each presentation These will be completed either one or two at a time
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Presentation Skills for Finance ProfessionalsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Next Step ndash Communication Skills What do we mean by Communication Preparing mentally Physical relaxation techniques Appearing confident in front of the crowd Non-Verbal Communication Skills Body language The signals you send to others Itrsquos not WHAT you say Itrsquos HOW you say it Presenting your case with impact
Exercise Presentations as above Perfecting your skills Make them laugh a little Ask them a question Encouraging discussion
Dealing with questions Creating Fantastic Flip Charts Creating Compelling PowerPoint Presenta-
tions WOW your Audience Vibrant Videos and Amazing Audio
Exercise Presentations as above
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Report WritingDate 01 Mar 2018 01 Nov 2018
Location London Standard Price pound495 + VAT Membership Price pound396 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Session 1 Introduction to Business Reporting What are the key goals What does a report achieve Adding value to the business Making the business more effective Enhancing communication Reporting outcomes Getting things done Recommending changes Suggesting courses of action
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 2 Your Objectives amp The Recipientrsquos Objectives Focus on the recipient What is their style experience purpose and
expectation What is the reports objective What is the recipients knowledge intentions
seniority What is the report meant to achieve Are there any sensitivities What is expected of you as the writer
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 3 The Report Writing Process Managing the process collecting data stab-
lishing the facts Planning ndash set realistic and attainable timeta-
bles Preparing the structure Brainstorming with others Testing your report ndash read it ldquocoldrdquo Enlist a second and honest reader Drafting - Donrsquot over-elaborate or over-edit Revising ndash is it too wordy
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 4 The Report Template Commence with - objectives scope state-
ment of problem or remit Executive Summary Report Body Conclusions Recommendations Supporting papers What order is best for the above
Report writing is an essential skill and an invaluable communication tool for both the individual and the business
For the individual the ability to create succinct cogent and effective reports is extremely important and is a pre-requisite skill for all levels of management and supervision
For the business the ability to communicate clearly and effectively both internally and externally contributes hugely to the success of the management of the enterprise at both a macro and micro level
This highly interactive workshop will take delegates through the process of report writing and will concentrate on the key skills needed to create effective business reports as quickly as circumstances dictate It will highlight examples of good practice as well as poor practice and will concentrate on the key requirements for any business report namely a strategic overview an executive summary a list of recommendations andor a set of conclusions together with enough detail ndash but not too much ndash to support the recommended outcome
Learning Objectives Be able to write a sharp business report ( eg commercial financial) for either internal or exter-
nal recipients (know your audience) Be able to identify and justify the key conclusions recommendations Be able to be concise and clear in language (recognise a shorter report is better than a long one) Be able to recognise that the process andor analysis does not need to form part of the report
(remove unnecessary detail) Be able to apply common sense and logic in order to convey what is important and why (only
include what is wanted and needs to be seen)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Report WritingContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 5 Writing the Report The Report Paradox State the objectives Reader focused structure and style Effective conclusions Recommending solutions Overcoming ldquowriters blockrdquo Annexes Appendices Glossary of Terms
etcCase StudyPractical Example
Session 6 The Executive Summary What is expected What level of detail Good summaries Poor summaries Best practice recommendations
Case StudyPractical Example
Session 7 Writing Effectively The structure of persuasion How are decisions made time recognition
single issues sensitivities Establishing credibility using credible data
your qualifications the goals of the business Overcoming potential sticking points Saying what you mean but avoiding to much
frankness
Role playcase study
Session 8 Common Pitfalls The review process Grammar and punctuation spelling amp typorsquos Proofreading amp checking techniques Fused and fragmentary sentences Commonly misused words and phrases Irritating buzz words
Role playcase study
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceDate 06 Mar 2018 19 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course DescriptionThis training is focused on acquiring the skills to write an effective business report for Corporate Finance and Mergers amp Acquisitions professionals
Upon completion of this intensive one-day course participants will be able to Understand the key sections of a business report Learn how to juggle with and summarize tons of data Write a powerful straight-to-the point business report Feel more comfortable presenting their findings to a senior audience
Course Overview
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Introduction What are the key skills of business writing Write with the reader in mind Summarising data in a concise manner Structure and organise your report The ldquoso whatrdquo test
Business Reports What are the different types of business
reports in Corporate Finance A Corporate Finance marketing presentation An investment appraisal for a private equity
firm An information memorandum on a potential
target A presentation on financing needs for an
acquisition
Case Study I Several Corporate Finance business reports are presented to participants to identify best practises
Key sectionsbull Executive summarybull Key trendsbull Current situation assessmentbull Analysis of potential solutionskey consid-
erations bull Valuation analysis and financing consider-
ationsbull Conclusion and next steps
Tips for Writing Effective Corporate Finance Reports Report vs essays
bull Focus on the key financing and strategic information through bullet points
bull Each bullet needs to make a point and pro-vide a message
bull Reader often senior management board-level
Planning amp organizing the Corporate Finance reportbull What are the key messages underlying
your MampA or financing storylinebull What are the key sections and sub-sec-
tions Achieving a logical structure and sequence
bull Start with the executive summarybull Use of headings sub-headings sections
subsections and numberingbull Logical connection between ideasbull Focus on topic sentences (first sentence of
each paragraph)bull Sections should lead naturally into the
next The executive summary
bull Consistent with the Corporte Finance anal-ysis being presented
bull Exciting enough to read the detailsbull Should stand on its own even if you hav-
enrsquot read the original reportbull Should define the problem clearly and
present solutions Avoidance of repetition
bull Double-check section and sub-section headers
bull Ask yourself on each sentence is this al-ready mentioned elsewhere
bull Make sure your work is diverse at every level
Cross-referencingbull Consistency in numbers and financial anal-
ysis throughout
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Effective Business Writing for Corporate FinanceContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull Source all data amp information providedbull Use consistent format - fonts and color
palette Using an appropriate style of writing
bull Concise relevant accurate descriptive vs analytical etc
bull Word choice sentence fluency and writ-errsquos voice
Use of databull Choose powerful graphs amp tablesbull Balance proportion of charts amp textsbull Data should reinforce the page message
Use of appendicesbull Show completeness and seriousnessbull Graphs and tables of secondary impor-
tancebull Sensitivities on key results amp analysisbull Listing of all sources
Use of drafts Report writing with multiple authors
Case Study II Overview of well-written vs badly written reports practice of writing sections of a business report
Final Case Study
Participants are split into groups of 3 to 4 professionals Participants are asked to write a brief 2-3 pages investment memorandum on a potential business acquisition and related financing
The participants are given numerous analysis and documents regarding a European company including
Business profile Description of the industry and sector out-
look Financial statements and business fore-
casts Financing considerations
Each group will present and defend their findings in front of the classroom A full debriefing on each grouprsquos presentations will then take place
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsDate 6 Mar 2018 20 Sep 2018
Location London Standard Price pound625 + VAT Membership Price pound500 + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
Course Description
This course has been developed to provide MampA bankers with the key soft skills to negotiate and close a sell-side or buy-side transaction in a structured and uniformed approach
The trainer will discuss the main negotiation techniques including reciprocity BATNA and trading concessions The participants will then role play in separate groups on an MampA case study with participants playing buyers and sellers During the role play the key clauses of SPA are discussed including the ldquolock-boxrdquo and ldquocompletion accountsrdquo mechanisms representations amp warranties etc
Course Methodology
The course will be delivered in a highly interactive participative way involving many activities and exercises thereby ensuring maximum learning and integration of the learning points into the workplace when the participants return to their daily roles
Negotiation Personalities Typical negotiation roles include
bull The leader is generally the negotiator with the most experience
bull The good guy is the person with whom most of the members of the opposing team will identify
bull The bad guy attempts to make the oppo-sition feel that the agreement could stall any minute
bull The hard liner takes a tough line on everything
bull The sweeper picks up and brings to-gether all the points of view expressed and then puts them forward as a single coherent case
Experienced negotiators know how to switch roles depending on the situation
Negotiation Process All negotiations consciously or uncon-
sciously go through a number of logical steps
Stage 1 preparation and planningbull Objective building and fact finding bull Collecting the evidence (organising the
facts)bull Stakeholder analysis (identifying the key
decision makers) bull Position perception
Stage 2 enquire and test assumptionsbull Build rapport amp create a positive environ-
mentbull Avoid hostility under all circumstances
Stage 3propose
bull Let the other party make the first propos-al
bull Deliver your proposal with little emotion bull Never offer your final position at the start bull Aim high whilst being reasonable
Stage 4 bargainbull Trade concessions rather than just make
concessions bull Avoid ldquoirritatorsrdquo and overly frequent
counter-proposals Stage 5 close
bull Avoid defend-attack spirals bull Provide a ldquofeelings commentaryrdquo bull Avoid ldquoargument dilutionrdquo
MampA Negotiation The ten fundamentals principles to negotia-
tion techniquesbull Set maximum and minimum objectives bull Keep analysing the deal variables bull Always aim highbull Never give a concession ndash always trade itbull Keep the whole relationship in mindbull Know when to walk away from a dealbull Know the negotiation processbull Have a BATNA (Best Alternative To a Ne-
gotiated Agreement)bull Select an effective negotiation strategybull Change your strategy if necessary but
never change your BATNA The six rules of influence reciprocation
scarcity authority commitment liking and consensus
BATNAbull Before the negotiation decide what you
will do if nothing comes of the negotiationbull Unless you have a plan B your anxiety
may reach dangerous levels
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Negotiation Skills in MampA TransactionsContinued
BOOK NOW
Course Content
bull BATNAs set the threshold in terms of the full set of interests that any acceptable agreement must exceed
bull Both parties doing better than their BATNAs is a necessary condition for an agreement
Zero sum fallacybull Zero-sum fallacy is a situation in which
a participantrsquos gain (or loss) is exactly balanced by the losses (or gains) of the utility of the other participant(s)
Final Case Study - Introduction
The participants are split into two groups a buyer (a multinational company) and a seller (a private equity firm)
The key focus will be on negotiating and executing deals smoothly and correctly to the best interest of the parties while ar-riving at an acceptable solution for both parties
The participants will role-play the MampA ne-gotiation in two rounds
Final Case Study ndash Round I
The seller has been running a competi-tive process and has received non-bind-ing offers from several parties
One of the buyers is trying to obtain an exclusivity and has asked for a meeting with the seller to discuss their bid and the key clauses of the SPA
Final Case Study ndash Round II
The interested buyer has been granted exclusivity and is negotiating the detailed clauses of the SPA includingbull The price adjustment mechanism
locked box vs completion accountbull An earn-out or deferrred payment
structuresbull The potential adjustments to working
capital and capex bull The representation amp warranties and
related indemnitiesbull A pro or anti-sanbagging provisionbull A MAC clause
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Stress Management
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Stress is a condition that is often difficult to recognise until it has actually taken hold In a modern workplace everything can appear to be stressful but clearly some experiences are more stressful than others This one day workshop helps delegates examine the circumstances in which stress can arise and specifically to identify the warning signs at an early stage This will enable the creation of a strategy for dealing with them and in addition will help to manage the sometimes conflicting needs of others
What is Stress Why we feel stress Major stressors The difference between constructive and
destructive stress Symptoms and results of negative stress What stress costs organisations and its
peopleCase StudyExercise to Suit
Stress in the Workplace What contributes to workplace pressures The usual causes The impact of stress on personal perfor-
mance Maintaining an effective worklife balance
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress in the Workplace Moving from reactive to proactive Working to priorities when everything is
urgent Managing conflicting demands from more
than one personCase StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Time Constraints Prioritising Managing your time effectively Managing your ldquoin-trayrdquo Saying No assertively Delegating effectively
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress Caused by Conflict Managing your own emotions Effectively handling the behaviour of others
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Managing Stress In Others Recognising the signs of stress in others Stress as a source of energy ndash turning anxi-
ety into positive feelings Passive aggressive and assertive behaviour Developing self-assertiveness ndash taking
greater control Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tionCase StudyExercise to Suit
Dealing With Your Own Stress Self-motivation ndash maintaining your motiva-
tion Cultivating resilience Relaxation techniques Managing conflicting needs more effectively Developing a personal action plan Work life balance Diet exercise relationships leisure
Case StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Interviewing SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
Interviewing skills which by definition include the ability to hold a powerful and skilful conversation have long been recognised as essential to professional success and many a career has stalled faltered or stagnated thanks to a lack of this skill Contrary to urban myth few of us are born with this skill instead most have either practised or learned from mistakes
This workshop has been designed to assist delegates to improve their interviewing skills in general and their conversational skills in particular leading to more effective interviews when working with for and alongside others
Interviewing ndash The Basics Importance of interviewing skills Identifying types of interviews Understanding pre-employment testing Success factors Identifying success factors Defining a job Analysing and defining the culture Success factors
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles Conversational styles The qualities of a successful interviewer
communicator Defining persuasion and influence Self- belief confidence amp assertiveness Communication flow Framing conversations Non-verbal communication Inter-personal skills
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Planning amp Preparing The PEACE Model Identifying lead questions Identifying sample lead questions Planning an agenda Customizing an interview Preparing for an interview Preparing the office Ensuring privacy Identifying personality styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling and Conducting the Interviews Handling an interview Identifying types of candidates Understanding the importance of silence Conducting an interview Opening the interview Gathering information
Closing the interview Taking notes
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash The Basics Communication styles
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Outcome Evaluating the interview Identifying types of bias Evaluating a the interviewee Making a decision Follow ups Missing information
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Following Up the Interview Following up after an interview Finding the appropriate outcome Identifying steps to follow up Understanding self-evaluation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Interviewing ndash Legal Requirements Understanding and complying with any legal
constraintsCase StudyExercise to Suit
END
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Business Development Planning In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
The workshop will be tailored to meet the needs of a legal practice
This workshop covers every aspect of Business Development Planning It is highly interactive concentrates on relationship building and above all reminds delegates to act professionally throughout the sales and business development process The desired outcome is a relationship with transactions rather than a transaction based relationship
Understanding Client Relationships What sort of relationship do you wish to
have with your clients What sort of relationship do they want with
you Matching the two objectives to have a clear
strategyCase StudyExercise to Suit
Setting Objectives for Business Development Setting clear objectives on the scope of de-
velopment you wish to embark on Hunting versus farming Appreciating customer requirements Techniques required for understanding cus-
tomer needs New or existing products Communication style What method of communication works best
Case StudyExercise to Suit
The Business Development Process Identifying needs Setting objectives Setting priorities Appreciating customer requirements Presenting tailored solutions Handling objections Negotiating Win Win deals Closing confidently Post call activity Identifying the importance of each stage of
the processCase StudyExercise to Suit
Enhancements Identifying the FAB elements of products Using FAB to match the needs gathered
from customers Enhancing the Sales Presentations Presenting at the right stage Using the customerrsquos own words
Preparation Knowing the target market Gathering the content The 108010 rule for structuring the pres-
entation Achieving a well-structured presentation Delivering a presentation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
Handling Potential Objections Identifying frequently encountered objec-
tions The pre-emption of objections Developing appropriate responses Handling Price Objections Selling on value not price WinWin Negotiations Identification of your bottom line Fact-finding to establish points for negotia-
tion Trading concessions Negotiation simulation
Case StudyExercise to Suit
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Conflict with ConfidenceIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand conflict and its effect on ourselves and others Define assertive and non-assertive behaviours Appreciate the need for self-management before managing others Develop capability in engaging conflict assertively Build confidence through demonstrations and practical simulations
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Conflict and how to deal with it with
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of
Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration
The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
How can we ldquoadaptrdquo behaviour to prevent the causes of conflict or to defuse conflict caused by others
What do we mean by Effective Communi-cation in potential and actual conflict situa-tions
Module 2 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences both in cre-
ating and in dealing with conflict The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 3 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 4 Customer and Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders Dealing with conflict in Customer and or
Stakeholder interactions
Module 5 Assertiveness Aggressive v Assertive v Submissive Benefits of Assertive Behaviour
Module 6 Confrontation The Confrontational Model ndash Fierce Conversa-
tions The PRO Model a template for planning and
successfully undertaking Fierce Conversations
Module 7 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Communicating and InfluencingIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to
Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding Communicating and Influencing
bull Their colleaguesbull Their bossesbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
Format The course will be a highly-interactive combination of
bull Facilitated Discussionsbull Slide Presentationsbull Exercises and bull Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages
of the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional
Intelligence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 4 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 5 Stakeholder Management Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 6 Dealing with Change The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Understanding Your Brand And Your Business In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
By the end of the workshop attendees will be able to Explain what ldquobrandrdquo is and how they can influence it Understand the process for Change strategies and your companyrsquos position within them Detail the relevant principles underlying any change to a business Realise the importance of Customer Stakeholder relationships in the successful running of
any business Define the financial aspects of a business and of the delegatesrsquo part of that business Determine the important aspects of negotiating to ensure the best possible outcome for their
part of the business
AttendeesThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of their part of the business their specific roles within it and of their involvement in improving its contribution to the organisation as a whole
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises
Module 1 Understanding ldquoBrandrdquo What is a ldquobrandrdquo What is your companyrsquos brand What can I do to influence the strength of
the my companyrsquos brand
Module 2 Basic Change Strategies The need for a companyrsquos managers con-
stantly to assess the current status of their part of the organisation ndash particularly when compared with its peers and competitors ndash and introduce pro-active (rather than re-active) changes
The ldquoSTARSrdquo model of Change Strategies and Planning
Module 3 Change Management How Why previous change has gone well How Why previous change has not gone
well Lessons to be learned from previous
change initiatives (in your company and elsewhere)
The 9 Change principles ndash and putting them into practice
Lewinrsquos model of Change Implementation The Change Kaleidoscope
Module 4 The Psychological Affects of change How am I feeling now How are my col-
leagues felling now How will I they feel as a change process
unfolds
Module 5 Customer Stakeholder Relationships What is a Customer What is a Stakeholder How can I get the most from each Customer
Stakeholder interaction The Service Profit Chain
Module 6 Financial Aspects of a Business Financial Statements
bull Balance Sheetsbull Profit amp Loss Accounts
Financial Forecastsbull Budgetsbull Cash-Flow Forecastsbull Business Cases
Module 7 Setting Objectives Vision Mission Statements Objective Setting to meet deliver the Mis-
sion Statements Performance Management to exceed the
agreed Objectives
Module 8 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Explain what Management is Understand and explain the difference between Management and Leadership Analyse Stakeholder Management Define and understand in detail the skills necessary to become successful managers and to
manage successful teams Explain the various management styles that a manager might use and understand their link to
organisational climate factors Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing change Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media Understand the importance of customer relationships Explain how to react to different customer behaviours conversations to arrive at the best re-
sult both for the customer and for the company Display greater confidence in their day-to-day interactions with their customers
Who is the course for Staff who are new to management Existing managers who need a refresher in the skills of management
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Exercises
Course Duration The clientrsquos selection of modules will dictate the duration for the course which will be most-ben-
eficial to the delegates
Module 1 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Manage-
ment and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management
Styles ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 2 Stakeholder Management Who are our Stakeholders How do we manage each type of Stake-
holder Satisfying different Stakeholder types
Module 3 Management Styles v Organisational Climate What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be instilled How to merge Management Styles with
Organisational Climate
Module 4 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Module 5 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communication
and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo (as
opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intelli-
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Management and Team Development ndash Option 1Continued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
gence modelbull Self-Awarenessbull Self-Managementbull Motivationbull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 7 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to
colleagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues
and customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in
our inter-personal relationships
Module 8 Performance Management Goal and Objective setting ndash understanding
what is required from your staff Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Feedback the importance of creating and delivering effective feedback
Module 9 Coaching What is Coaching Using the G R O W model for effective
coaching
Module 10 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 11 Motivation What is Motivation What motivates us What motivates our staff How do we deal with different levels of Mo-
tivation and different factors of Motivation
Module 12 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 13 Successful Change Management The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 14 Customer Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Customers The Customer Loyalty Curve
Module 15 Planning a Sales Strategy What am I trying to achieve with every cus-
tomer interaction Which Strategies can I use ndash and which
should I not usehellip Recognising the other partyrsquos Strategy ndash
what are they trying to achieve How do I get the very best from each cus-
tomer interaction What do I need to do differently to ensure
that my customers only want to deal with me
Module 16 Selling Skills Understanding the product(s) Spotting a customerrsquos buying signals Contacting customers ndash and dealing with
ldquogatekeepersrdquo Upselling Skills what else do my customers
needhellip Closing the sale what does agreement look
likehellip Negotiating
bull Getting to the right answerbull Walk-away positions (WAPs)bull Inexpensive valuable concessions (IVCs)bull When is not selling anything at all the best
thing to do
Module 17 Handling Conflict with Confidence What causes conflict The 3-step Negotiation Process Assertiveness Confrontation The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Management and Team Development ndash Option 2In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Understand the different skills required for Managing and for Leading Develop their team in the most-effective way Explain how best to deliver Change in their part of the organisation Manage staff performance better Successfully negotiate their preferred solutions Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Managers and Team Leaders who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding the manage-
ment and development of their staff (direct and indirect reports)
Format
The course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Leadership v Management The similarities and differences between
Leadership and Management What makes a Great Leader what makes a Great Manager
Management Styles Organisational Climate Merging Management Styles with Organi-
sational Climate
Module 2 Developing a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development How can a manager influence the stages
of Team Developmenthellip
Module 3 Performance Management Setting Objectives Managing Individualsrsquo Performance Coaching for Improved Performance Delegation Feedback as a Performance Management
tool
Module 4 Successfully Delivering Change Why Change does (or does not) work The 9 key change principles The emotional reactions to change Resistance to change ndash and the benefits of
resistance
Module 5 Negotiating for Best Results Communication in Negotiation The importance of Effective Presentations Different Negotiating Strategies Comparing Strategies Building Rapport The 3-phase Negotiating Process
Module 6 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply them
Bridging the Gap
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
People and Team Management In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage their own behaviour before they can influence othersrsquo behaviour Understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various communications media available Appreciate how to manage motivate and develop their team members Manage their internal and external customers and stakeholders Explain how to deal with the difficult situations they may encounter in the office
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully aware of the issues surrounding People and Team Management for
bull Themselvesbull Their colleagues (peers)bull Their bossesbull Their team membersbull Their internal and external customers and stakeholders
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others What makes us behave the way we do How can we understand which parts of this
behaviour is acceptable ndash is required by our role in the business ndash and which parts are not acceptable
Feedback how do others see and relate to us
Module 2 Communication How do we communicate with others What are the advantages disadvantages of
the various communications media What do we mean by Effective Communica-
tion and how do we achieve it Our respective thinking and learning styles
and how they can be applied to our day-to-day work
Module 3 Management v Leadership What is Management What is Leadership What is the difference between Management
and Leadership Analysing Leadership Behaviour Analysing the difference Management Styles
ndash and understand when to use them The importance of Communication ndash includ-
ingbull Verbal Communicationbull Vocal Communicationbull Visual Communication
Module 4 Emotional Intelligence Emotions and their consequences The importance of understanding our ldquoEQrdquo
(as opposed to the more-standard IQ) The five stages of Golemanrsquos Emotional Intel-
ligence modelbull Self-Awarenesbull Self-Managementbull Motivation
bull Empathybull Social Skills
Module 5 Transactional Analysis Why do we act react in a certain way to col-
leagues and customers How can we build rapport with colleagues and
customers What are the benefits of ldquoTrue Rapportrdquo in our
inter-personal relationships
Module 6 Building a Successful Team What is a Team The stages of Team Development
Module 7 Goal and Objective Setting Goal Setting ndash for the company Objective Setting ndash for the staff Drafting and Aligning Objectives Performance Management
Module 8 Stakeholder Management People and the Service-Profit Chain Satisfying Stakeholders Stakeholder Analysis internal and external
stakeholders
Module 9 Delegation What is Delegation The Stages of Delegation
Module 10 Handling Conflict What causes conflict The Phases of Conflict Handling
bull Understanding the Conflictbull Understanding your the other personrsquos
position in the conflictbull Resolving the Conflict
Kilmannrsquos Five Conflict-Handling Modes ndash and how to apply thembull Competingbull Collaboratingbull Compromisingbull Avoidingbull Accommodating
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Personal EfficiencyManaging Meetings
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Appreciate the need to manage meetings effectively ndash respecting the time pressures of those
whom they invite to meetings Follow the standard processes for calling managing and preparing the output of meetings Appreciate more widely some of the ways of managing themselves and their time more efficient-
ly to work smarter not harderhellip
Who is the course for Managers Team Leaders and staff members who feel that
bull They are attending too many meetingsbull Their time is being ldquostolenrdquo by other peoplebull They cannot get to the bottom of their dayrsquos work because of a lack of planning foresight or
prioritisation
FormatThe course will be a highly-interactive combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Understanding Ourselves and Others Understanding that when we ask others to
attend a meeting we are imposing upon them our list of priorities
What makes us behave the way we do Are we aware how our behaviour affects
others do they always respond in the way we want them to and in the way that they should If not why nothellip
Module 2 The Process for Managing Meetings Why is a meeting necessary what are the
alternatives are any of the alternatives preferable
The process for calling managing and pre-paring for meetingsbull Creating a meaningful agenda cover-
ing the objectives for the meeting the subject(s) to be covered and suggested timings
bull Inviting only the right people ndash and nobody else
bull Managing the meeting allowing only relevant contributions (but being care-ful to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant) keeping to the agenda keeping to time
bull Creating outputs not necessarily de-tailed minutes but at least actions points
bull Arranging follow-up meeting(s)
Module 3 Attending Meetings Do I need to attend all the meetings to which
I am invited How do I decide whether (or not) to attend
meetings What justifications do I have for declining to
attend What else am I allowed to do during a meet-
ing related to attendees subject matter being discussed and timings
Module 4 Other Personal Efficiency and Time Management Issues Setting Objectives ndash personal and profession-
al ndash and keeping to them Work Prioritisation
bull How do I decide what needs to be donebull How do I prioritise these activities
Employee-Imposed Time are my staff and colleagues working for me or am I working for themhellip
Time Bandits what else steals time away from me and what can I do about itbull E-mailsbull Telephone callsbull Unplanned interruptionsbull Displacement activities procrastinationhellipbull Other thingshellip
Effective Delegationbull Assertiveness seeking a compromise
learning to say ldquonordquo effectively
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Facilitation Skills
In House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Course Objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoFacilitationrdquo and explain the difference between Facilitation and Presenting or Training Construct and deliver valuable Facilitation sessions Deal effectively with difficult people in Facilitation sessions those who might not be fully
ldquobought-inrdquo or who are working to a different agenda Understand the need for detailed self-awareness in preparing and delivering a facilitation ses-
sion
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Facilitation sessions
bull For small groups of staff ndash perhaps in arbitrationbull For their teams bull For clientsbull For other audiences internal to the companybull For other audiences external to the company
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Facilitation Skills Delivery of a pre-prepared Facilitation ses-
sion on the delegatersquos chosen subject (but related to their work)
It is expected that this session will be high-ly-interactive and will involve all (or most of) the other delegates
NB The duration of each delegate session will depend on the length of the course and on the number of participants Eight is the ideal number of participants
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 2 Creating a Facilitation Session The importance of detailed objectives what
am I trying to get from this session Different styles and techniques
bull Facilitator-ledbull Group-ledbull Syndicated exercises ndash to cover more
than one aspect of the work in the same elapsed time
bull The importance of feedback and reviews The importance of the facilitation environ-
ment what underlying messages can we send by using different room layouts
Module 3 Facilitating Discussions Stimulating discussion Controlling discussions Allowing preventing discussions going on
tangents or down blind alleys
Being deliberately provocative to generate a response playing ldquodevilrsquos advocaterdquo
Module 4 Becoming an excellent Facilitator Understanding ourselves and others Understanding our and othersrsquo behaviour Using that understanding to enhance the
quality of the Facilitation Acknowledging ndash and using to best advan-
tage ndash the different levels of knowledge experience skills and personalities within the group
Dealing with difficult people those who do not appear to be ldquobought-inrdquo those who are working to a different agenda those who are being provocative (but in a negative way)
Module 5 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited Delivery of another Facilitation session (after
suitable preparation time)
NB This could be the same session as in Module 1 but revised following the detailed feedback
Full one-to-one and group feedback
Module 6 Facilitation Skills ndash revisited If time permits delivery of another Facilita-
tion session (after suitable preparation time) Full one-to-one and group feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Coaching SkillsIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define ldquoCoachingrdquo and explain in detail the use of Coaching to improve individual and team
performance ndash particularly relating its use to understanding the reasons behind (and rectifying) under-performance
Deliver meaningful Coaching Sessions
Who is the course for Staff who need to be fully prepared to deliver high quality Coaching sessions
bull To individual members of their own staffbull To their teamsbull To individuals who are not directly connected to their own teams but who would value their
independent ndash and non-judgemental - input
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Delegate Coaching sessions ndash with full feedback
Course Duration The course duration can be set to meet the clientrsquos needs
Module 1 Define Coaching Ensure clarity on what exactly Coaching is
and how it is used Link ldquoCoachingrdquo as a discipline to improving
individual and team performance (or ana-lysing and rectifying under-performance)
Understand how learning shared can eas-ily be transferred into a ldquocommitment to actionrdquo
Module 2 Coaching models Introduction to the GROW model
bull G = Goal the purpose of the discussion or changes the individual team wishes to make
bull R = Reality an honest assessment of the current situation and the need for change
bull O = Options what can be done to achieve that change what else is there anything elsehellip
bull W = Will is the desire there to see this through or will one of the other factors ndash GRO ndash prevent the achievement of the change how will we measure progress
Consideration of all the factors required inbull Turning vision into realitybull Delivering measurable outcomesbull Making effective decisionsbull Managing the change
Introducing the House of Change under-standing the need sometimes to make
things worse before they can get better
Module 3 Becoming a successful Coach How does a Coach behave What does a Coach do Understanding the need to remain separate
ndash aloof ndash from the detail and only contrib-ute individual comments suggestions at appropriate times
Coaching performance from individuals whose day-to-day work we donrsquot understand
Module 4 The link with Performance Management Objective setting ndash understanding what is
required Managing against these objectives ndash under-
standing what success shortfall looks like Recognising (and rectifying) under-perfor-
mance particularly recognising the causes of under-performance (which may be noth-ing to do with the individualrsquos workload)
Coaching and Feedback links and differenc-es
Module 5 Coaching in Practice Facilitated sessions of Coaching ndash initially in
a group environment to allow targeted feed-back then in coaching pairs ndash to put into practice the models which have already been discussed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Change ManagementIn House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Objectives
At the end of this course attendees will be able to Explain the basic Change Strategies that underpin the planning for change in an organisation Understand the use and application of the 9 Change Principles Construct a Change Plan suitable to their part of the business
Who should attendThis course is designed for all staff requiring a wider view of the Change Process to get the best results for their part of the business
Format
A combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Exercises and Case Studies
Duration 1-day or 2-days depending on client requirements
Module 1 Basic Change Strategies
How do we decide where the business is now
Once that decision is made we can begin planning for change which will involvebull Planning to Attack challenging the com-
petitionbull Planning to Defend protecting our cur-
rent position
Module 2 The 9 Change Principles in detail
Compelling Reason for Change Clear Vision and Objectives Context for Change Momentum Stakeholder Engagement Alignment Embedding Change Great Sponsorship Emotional Responses to Change
Module 3 Resistance to Change Why do people resist change What are the potential benefits of resisting
change
Module 4 Team Development through a Change Process
What are the challenges to teams in change environments
What are the potential benefits of resisting change
Module 5 Handling Conflict What should we do when change goes
wrong How do we deal with conflict in the change
process
Module 6 Action Planning Creation of a implementable Change Plan for
a part of the business
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Strategic Management
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
By the end of the course delegates will be able to Define issues underpinning successful strategic leadership and the link to a strong organisa-
tional climate Describe a range of strategic business models and their potential implications for their own
business Define the critical concepts underpinning building high performing teams and managing
change Define and use key financial measures of strategic success
Who is the course for Senior Managers who need an insight into the issues of Strategic Management and its appli-
cation
FormatA combination of Facilitated Discussions Slide Presentations Case-Studies and Examples
Module 1 What is Strategic Management What are the Vision values mission
statement for your organisation Role Clarity what can you contribute A fresh look at Strategy and Competitive
Advantage
Module 2 Strategic Tools and a Strategic Planning Framework A SWOT analysis for your company de-
partment
Module 3 Financial Performance Understanding Key Financial Statements
Module 4 Management Styles v Organisational Climate Management v Leadership What Management Styles are available to
be used How should they be used What are the various Organisational Cli-
mate Factors How should they be in-stilled
How to merge Management Styles with Organisational Climate
Module 5 Successful Change Management Understanding and using the key
Change Management Principles
Module 6 Creating High-Performing Teams The crucial importance of the stag-
es of Team Development in creating High-Performing Teams
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This 5-day course will help delegates develop their strategic thinking planning and management skills including the tactical and operational requirements for successful implementation in a banking environment The course will deal with the tough issues of conflict management managing change what makes a good leader and how to motivate a team Using interactive case studies as well as sector examples delegates will be encouraged to share experiences and challenges to help build practical and work focused solutions which they can take back and actually use
The core objective of the programme is to equip the executives with the skills to scan the business environment to uncover profitable business opportunities as well as develop strategies for gaining competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive business environment Amongst others the programme will also provide insight on leadership best practices and behaviours that will strengthen the capacity of the executives to handle the complexities and uncertainties of managing a high performance financial institution
Learning ObjectivesAfter attending this course delegates will be able to
Describe the main problems that are faced by a large bank Explain the various approaches to organisational development planning Analyse the current business environment and influences affecting the organisation Analyse resources within and external to the organisation Explain the various approaches to managing strategy and it place in the business plan Evaluate the alternative development strategies so as to recommend the one(s) most suit-
ed to the needs of the firm Apply a deeper understanding of strategic development plans Discuss objectively the risks benefits and costs that accompany the implementation of the
new strategy including managing conflict in a team Define approaches to managing the identified risks Analyse the potential impacts on his or her firm (both positive and negative) that will re-
sult from implementing the new strategy Design policies systems and processes to successfully implement the emergent strategic
plans Cover the key steps in change management
Who Should Attend ProductService Managers Newly appointed as well as established Managers and Team Leaders Heads of Operations Senior Bank Managers Human Resource Managers Operations Managers Marketing Managers
MethodologyThe course consists of facilitated workshops supplemented by case studies drawn from a combination of published real life examples andor practical experience There will also be opportunities for attendees to work in small groups to synthesise ideas and strategies and to apply the material in the context of their own organisationsdepartments Open forum discussions will also be a key element
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Multiple Choice Exam ndash 25 Questions
Session 1 Strategic Thinking The meaning of lsquoStrategicrsquo Three Core areas of Corporate Strategy Process Content Context Process linking the three core areas
Session 2 The Challenges of Leadership Management amp leadership Leadership theories Expectations of leaders and their staff Identifying leadership traits What makes a good leader Inspiration impact and charisma in leader-
ship versus the ldquolonerrdquo Transformational leadership
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Establishing a Vision lsquoMissionrsquo Vs lsquoVisionrsquo Why strategic plans fail and how to avoid
failure Agreeing a Robust Vision The Need for Clarity and Measurability Getting Buy-in to the Vision
Case StudyExercise Session 4 Becoming Strategic lsquoStrategic planning amp thinking Developing techniques to think strategical-
ly Communication Identifying critical skills needed to succeed
Case studyExercise
Major Case Study Workshop Delegates will be asked in small groups to agree a plan to launch a new bank or bank strategy after carrying out analysis of Current Business Environment and Influences The plan should assess resources Current Business Environment and Influences against the vision
Session 5 Analysing the Current Business Environment and Influences External Environments The General Environment What are the Key Influences Impacting Business ProductService Cycles Customer Analysis
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Analysis of Resources Analysing the Organisation The holistic approach Silo Issues Cross Organisational Assessment Assessment
ӹFinancial Human Resources Operations Systems Style
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Motivation amp Change Management Motivational theory Practical motivation Money as a motivator Change agents Resistance to change The DREC curve Approaches to change management
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Establishing the Strategy Turning lsquoVision into Realityrsquo Creation of Strategic Movement Developing Strategic Options Strategy Implications
ӹ Identifying the Stakeholders ӹCross Organisational Buy-in ӹPotential conflict areas ӹCountering Objections
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Projects and Measures of Success New Projects Vs Business as Usual The need for KPMrsquos Measurement approaches Using the Scorecard Approach Key business drivers and traceability Hard amp Soft Measures Establishing a metrics framework Project Tracking Risk reporting
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 The Implementation Process Resource allocation strategic planning and
control Planning tools Objectives Tasks Communications Resource Allocation Resource characteristics Building the team Projects Vs lsquoBusiness as Usualrsquo
Case StudyExercise
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 11 Managing the Strategic Change including Conflict Management The need for conflict ndash is it healthy Conflict as a problem The causes of conflict Managing mitigating andor avoiding con-
flict The impact of the change and managing
the effects Selling the benefits of change to the organ-
isation Minimising the downside Keeping the plan on track
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Assessing Your Team Preparatory work Personnel files Work Records Other colleagues Meetings Discussion groups amp Forums
Case StudyExercise Two delegates will role play managerteam member at an initial encounter Group will de-brief in friendly manner and discuss
Session 13 Dealing With people Management styles Behavioural styles Bank cultural style Bank and management policy style Your personal style Meetings One to one encounters Overcoming resistance Dealing with your own bosses Selling issues and challenges to your team
Case StudyExercise Your boss wants you to re-allocate some responsibilities ~the staff concerned will not like it ndash they are nervous of change How will you handle this
Session 14 Communication Skills Different styles CorporateManagement style Oral written electronic Encouraging two way communication Encouraging esprit de corps Using ldquoTop downrdquo directives Dealing with resistance Case StudyExercise Your predecessor
held weekly team meetings but chose not to chair them selecting a senior employee instead Do you agree with this Would you change it If so how
Session 15 Management styles
Textbook definitions Your preferred style Your institutions style your bossrsquos Style What works best for your department What works best for the team
Case StudyExercise Do you think the collegiate style of management favoured by most management gurus is the best Session 16 The Role of a Manager The move from Team member to Supervisor The role in ensuring my Team achieves
Team goals Ensuring the Team continuously improves Managing the whole role ndash time manage-
ment amp effective goal setting Leadership lsquoPresencersquo ndash looking like the
Leader The Influence of Supervisor Behaviour ndash on
the Team on each Team Member The focus of the effective Supervisor
Case Study You have been promoted ahead of a colleague and friend who is obviously disappointed How should you handle this
Session 17 Managing Problems Dealing informally semi formally and for-
mally Methods of problem solving Enlisting help and guidance Resolution Referral
Case StudyExercise Your staff are not performing because there is too much work Your boss disagrees and tells you to manage How do you handle this seemingly impossible brief
Session 18 Motivation Basic motivating factors Creating the right environment Carrotstick approach Nurturing Patronage
Case StudyExercise How would you persuade your team to work on a weekend without extra reward
Session 19 Delegation The art of delegation When to delegate Supervising Avoiding overkill Monitoring What is trade finance
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Strategic Development Thinking Planning Management and Leadership Skills Workshop
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Session 20 Conflict amp Resolution Main causes Resolution methods Involving management Dealing with challenges to your authority Formal procedures
Case Study You ask a junior to carry out a task They say they are too busy but you insist They say no again publicly How should you handle this direct challenge to your authority Session 21 Staff appraisals Importance Objective Remuneration considerations Appraisal Encouragement and guidance Dealing with weaknesses
Case Study You have been asked to select one person for promotion from two candidates and to tell both the outcome How do you handle the unsuccessful individual
Review of the courseReview of delegates objectivesEvaluation
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Negotiation Skills for Lawyers In-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Lawyers negotiate all day regardless of whether they are involved in a formal negotiation In fact we all negotiate in both our professional and personal lives that is the nature of social interaction
However legal negotiation is a unique creature Lawyers act as agents not principals in negotiations requiring a specific skill set Both law firms and in-house counsel canrsquot afford not to impress their clients with their negotiating expertise Understanding the skills required for a legal negotiation requires an in-depth understanding of our role in the process
What is our role as lawyers Clients donrsquot just want us to lsquotranslatersquo an agreed commercial position into legal documentationhellip our legal expertise is a given In addition they expect us to understand their underlying motives their business environment the short and long-term consequences of any one deal their relationships with the other parties when to revert to them (and when not to)hellip the list goes on and provides the backdrop to how negotiations should be conducted
Legal negotiations also differ in that they are contentious or non-contentious In contentious negotiations the outcome is not completely within the negotiating partiesrsquo control as the lawyers must bear in mind the court process and the courtrsquos likely attitude to how negotiations have been conducted In transactional matters there is more potential for the parties to have shared interests There is also greater scope in non-contentious discussions to change the negotiating party The seller of a business could in theory find another purchaser
Due to the multiple business stakeholders involved in a transaction it is also often a challenge to discover who is really driving the transaction terms Does the board of directors have a different perception to the one director you receive instructions from on a daily basis Is the procurement department adversely affecting this negotiation in the interests of consistency A lawyerrsquos role involves mediating between these stakeholders and assessing the nuanced motives of the other sidersquos stakeholders Clients expect lawyers to be holistic and cognisant of the need to bring other stakeholders along in the process
This one day course run by an ex-corporate finance solicitor directly addresses the issues at the core of legal negotiation by asking delegates to consider 3 central questions
Who are the people involved What are the problems (and how do we solve them) How do I effectively prepare
Part 1 (Understanding People Human Dynamics)
This focuses on understanding your own effectiveness as a negotiator assessing your clientrsquos needs and trying to get to the heart of your opponentrsquos motivationsParticipants will consider the myriad of stakeholdersrsquo interests (for
example commercial lead procurement IT line management board of directors
other workstreamshellip) the specific challenges for internal and ex-
ternal counsel how to manage internal conflicts
bull who is the lsquotruersquo client bull do you need to facilitate clearer internal
agreement the role of lawyer as project manager the role that Procurement have to play
bull recognition that they may have their own agenda (and have their own performance metrics)
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Negotiation Skills for LawyersContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull recognition that the procurement agen-da might not be entirely aligned with your other client stakeholders
the importance of a communication strat-egybull how are you going to communicate the
right amount of detail to the right peo-ple at the right time through appropri-ate channels
bull striking a balance between lengthy de-bate and alienating stakeholders
In terms of individual skills it is well recognised within the learning and development industry and social science that skills are learnt through practice and self-evaluation
To that end participants will evaluate their own and othersrsquo negotiating
experiences analyse attitudes styles and personalities
within negotiation consider essential verbal and non-verbal
communication skills practice listening and questioning tech-
niques consider the differences between and
challenges inherent in different types of negotiation settingbull telephone bull emailbull face-to-face
assess how and why tactics and gambits are being employed by opponents
consider how to deal with difficulties such asbull difficult peoplebull emotive subject matterbull deadlock
Part 2 (Solving Problems)
Recognising that the issues to be decided upon should be separated from the personalities involved is the first step Next comes working out possible solutions to the issues at hand and being prepared to adapt to changes and new information
Participants will discuss positional and principled nego-
tiation theories (Fisher amp Uryrsquos Getting To Yes and Getting Past No the Harvard Negotiation Project and Dr C Karass amongst others)
explore how to find mutually satisfactory
solutions or if this is not possible explore how to create persuasive arguments which will influence stakeholders
develop lateral thinking skills
Part 3 (Preparing to Negotiate)
Abraham Lincoln once said ldquoif I had eight hours to chop down a tree Irsquod spend six sharpening my axerdquo Part 3 emphasises the importance of effective preparation for effective negotiation
In teams participants will consider the importance of factoring in time
to develop strategies with the client(s) recognise that decisions often need to be
made in real time in negotiations what are you empowered to agree
prepare for a negotiation using a detailed legal scenario and preparation grid
Identifybull ZoPAsbull BATNAsbull walkawaysbull underlying interests
develop legal and negotiation strategies practice negotiation reflect on the effectiveness of the strategies
employed
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsIn-House
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This course will provide participants with the key skills abilities and confidence required to improve their handling of customer complaints both verbal and written with the goal of reaching a satisfactory solution that increases customer retention and loyalty
The emphasis will be on practical issues with plenty of examples during the course Delegates will encouraged to take part to get as much from the workshop as possible
By the end of this complaint handling training course participants will
How to telephone complaining customers with confidence
How to discuss complaints clearly and di-rectly
Demonstrate through their language that they lsquocarersquo about customers
Learn how to influencenegotiate with the customer towards a mutually acceptable outcome
Learn how to develop reasoned arguments supporting their offers of compensation
How to avoid quoting too many processes and procedures
Have the written skills needed to build rap-port with the complaining customer
Know how to demonstrate empathy whilst maintaining control of the problem
Be able to close down a complaint Be able to apologise without admitting fault Avoid sounding inflexible and uncaring Learn to be more assertive and avoid being
defensive
Brief refresher on Handling Complaints Understanding the customers perspective Your experience as a complainer The first reaction How to listen Sounding confident caring amp helpful Building rapport Active listening Gathering amp recording information
ExampleExercise
Key skills ndash Handling complaints The FSA Rules Treating Customers Fairly Modelsystem for handling complaints
Escalation procedures Time limits Diary systems Why do people complain Why it is important to handle complaints
effectivelyExampleExercise
Preparing for the Call Make clear at the outset you are glad the
client is bringing a shortcoming to your attention
Be apologetic and be clear that you want to resolve the complaint amicably and quickly
Establish as many of the facts as you can The importance of body language tone and
manner Be clear about the root complaint Have in mind a likely outcome but be flexi-
ble Let the client talk and talk Getting clear responses Avoid ldquotechno babblerdquo and ldquolegal speakrdquo at
all costs Managing the conversation without making
it obvious Deciding ldquowhat happens nextrdquo Putting things back on a positive track
ExampleExercise
Dealing with a written complaint - First contact Identifying the issues Understanding who you are writing to and
what they need from you How to avoid long replies How to write an effective ldquoholdingrdquo reply Setting a clear objective Explaining clearly what happens next and
when Keep it brief but cover all the issues Communication style ndash always formal
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Handling Written amp Telephone ComplaintsContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Manage customer expectationsExampleExercise
Managing the Complaint Own the process Drive the responses clarification and in-
formation processes Keep the client informed Keep an efficient diary system Refer for guidancesecond opinion when
necessary Always consult colleagues about complex
issues Set deadlines and manage them keeping
the client informedExampleExercise
Responding by letter Get the basics right ndash address contact
details salutation Choosing the correct structure tone and
style Standard letters ndash should we ever use
them Make it look good ndash layout and content Keep it brief but deal with all the issues
ExampleExercise
Dealing with anger We are all uncomfortable making com-
plaints Anger is a safety valve ndash it is not directed
at you personally Defusing a difficult situation Gaining the customers respect Gaining the customers understanding Identifying common ground
ExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash
a challenging mix Making concessions andor when to stand
firm Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Avoiding lengthy responses to questions
which repeat the complaint How to give bad news ndash up front and with
empathyExampleExercise
Identifying the best response Techniques to set a clear objective Responding to complaints when you are at
fault
Negotiation assertiveness and empathy ndash a challenging mix
Making concessions andor when to stand firm
Tact diplomacy ndash useful phrases Always apologise ndash if only for the fact that
the client felt the need to complain When you are not at fault apologise donrsquot
admit fault but avoid point scoring Choosing the right words The right level of formality Use clear simple and concise explanations Test you reply on a colleague first if in doubt Be clear about your authoritypower Making commitments and honouring prom-
ises How to deliver bad news in the least damag-
ing way Closing the file
ExampleExercise
Creating real satisfaction Agreeing a remedy Explaining what can or will be done Improving understanding Anticipating future requirements
The role of the team Responsibilities escalation and referral pro-
cedures Always ldquofour eyesrdquo Review each others work if applicable Support each other Seek a winwin outcome every time Try to identify trends Refer common causes
to management Keep a detailed record of all complaints han-
dled Regards complaints as customer feedback
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
sourcesCourse Content
Time Management Skills for Finance Profefessionals Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Effective Planning Plan the day well in advance Prepare a To Do List or a ldquoTASK PLANrdquo Jot down the important activities that
need to be done Ensure High Priority work is top of your
list Complete pending tasks one by one Do not begin fresh work unless previous
tasks are complete Finish the tasks within the stipulated time
frameCase StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Goals and Objectives The importance of targeting Set realistic goals amp targets Prioritise these Decide who to disappoint Who can you afford to upset least Set realistic targets Ensure you achieve them Review missed objectives
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Setting Deadlines Setting Deadlines for yourself Be self-motivated Do not wait for guidance on every occa-
sion Take ownership of the work Allocate realistic timescales Use a planner to chase monitor and po-
lice deadlinesCase StudyDiscussion Point
Delegation of Responsibilities Learn to say ldquoNOrdquo at workplace Donrsquot do everything on your own Donrsquot accept a difficult task without re-
Seek assistancesupport from colleagues Evaluate the options
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Prioritising Tasks Define importance and urgency Frantic desperate or just plain urgent Distinguish the genuinely important and the
genuinely urgent What can be done in your dayweektime Set deadlines for the urgent and important Manage expectations Make proposals Give amp Receive concessions
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Right Time on Right Activity Develop the habit of doing the right thing at
the right time Work done at the wrong time is not of much
use Donrsquot waste a complete day on something
which can be done in an hour Allocate ldquoyourdquo space Beware playpen projects Donrsquot butterfly
Case StudyDiscussion Point
Putting it All Together Always be Organized ndash No untidy desk file
documents away Donrsquot misuse time ndash too much Be Focussed as often as possible Develop the habit of using planners organ-
izers table top calendars Set reminders on phones or personal com-
puters Manage yourself your work your in-tray Manage all expectations including your own
Time management skills are vital in business life as there are always more issues to deal with than time available How many people allow their in-trays to manage them Do they also fail completely to prioritise What is Time Management
Time Management refers to managing time effectively so that the right time is allocated to the right activity
Effective time management allows individuals to assign specific time slots to activities as per their importance
Time Management refers to making the best use of time as time is always limited
This one day interactive course will help delegates to become masters at the art of time management At the conclusion of the course delegates will know how to be certain that scarce resources are always allocated to where they will generate the best dividend This includes the allocation of time
The course is highly interactive and will contain numerous case studies and examples
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills Training
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
This is a 2-day intensive interactive training programme focusing on the communication aspects of the client relationship The guiding principal is the notion that when you have a good relationship with a client you can sell anything the client wants
To do so you must excel in the skill of creating great relationships with intent Uncover and identify all the client needs And meet these needs beyond the clientrsquos expectation
On this course you will learn how to create magical relationships easily and effortlessly
We then progress into the sales process to ensure that you will identify all the client dreams so that you can offer the most satisfactory solution This leads to outstanding customer satisfaction
Finally we will show you how to smoothly present the information in a convincing way
The course is experiential and includes many role-plays and presentations
Course levelIntermediateadvanced for practitioners in the financial industry
Requirements No previous knowledge is required Participants are required to have prepared 2 short presentations of about 5 minutes each They
will be asked to present these during the course and will not have time to prepare for it Active participation is expected from all delegates Continuous attendance is mandatory for the learning of all participating delegates
Course ObjectivesIn this course we look at The ingredients of fantastic relationship How we build a magical relationship (also with people we donrsquot immediately like) How to get communication flowing Finding the lsquoright channelrsquo to send and receive information Fine tuning our lsquochannelsrsquo Establishing the real client needs Ensuring we capture all the client needs Expressing suggestions to the client in the way that the client can accept them Finding the psychological sales pattern of the client How to get unstuck in conversation Identifying ways to resolve conflicts with clients How to present information to client in a convincing way
Target Audience Professionals with a minimum of 2 years experience Sales people Front office professionals offering productsservices to institutional investors or high net worth
individuals (debt origination MampA hellip) Relationship managers Private Bankers Managers and Directors selling internally Purchasers Middle office managers bridging the gap Support staff needing to negotiate internally
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Day One
Introduction Setting the frame Session outline Introductions Expectations
Background of Communication The model according to Bateson The contribution of NLP
The 5-step sales process 1Establish rapport 2Ask open questions with a SPIN 3Identify a client need 4Link the client need to your productservicesolution 5Close the deal Role Play Establishing the current state Fact finding with w-questions Observing rapport
Fine-tuning our perception Visual What do you really see Auditory What do you hear the other per-
son say Kinaesthetic What sense do you make
Perceptual system Perception through our senses and how we
represent information internally Language clues What do can you extract
from the language used
Eye accessing clues What can you tell from secret eye movements
Specific non-verbal clues What else can you pick up from just being there
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level Open questions (again) and what to con-
sider Adding a SPIN to your questions
bull Situation questions
Business areas and departments that benefit from this training Bonds Equity Fixed Income Foreign Exchange Senior management Insurance Pension fund managers Corporate finance Bank lending division Insurance Reinsurance
Training StyleThis is a participative course with demonstrations short lectures observation exercises role plays and presentations to create hands-on experience
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
bull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
Role Play Matching the clients verbal and non-verbal
language
Lunch
Rapport ndash an introduction Establishing a relationship through mirror-
ing and matching Small talk versus rapport talk Pacing and leading Limits
7 Step Process to master rapport 1Quiet the mind 2Observe amp adapt 3Connect energetically 4Step into their reality and adapt 5Gather information 6Influence their state 7Maintain and adjust
Exercise Establishing rapport
Questions and neurological level
Open questions (again) and what to con-sider
Adding a SPIN to your questionsbull Situation questionsbull Problem questionsbull Implicaton questionsbull Need questions
Combine them with V A K Create a question script so that you can
only win
Role play Using the SPIN Asking for more
Some sneaky stuff Smurfing
Strategies Finding the clients buying strategy Demonstration and exercise
Day Two
Managing your mental state Get yourself into a resourceful state Anchoring
Presentations (I) Video recordings Debriefs
The structure of your presentation Start Do Close And your plan
Before you start Know your audience Be prepared Get into up-state and keep it
Preparation The who when where why what how The check Future pace
How to start Introductions Mark the space The structure and sequence Mind Maps
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Sales amp Presentation Skills TrainingContinued
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
How to lsquodorsquo Select your media Develop the dynamics Dealing with difficult situations Being flexible
How to close Be brief Summarise Make your point Stop
Language skills Deletions Generalisations Distortions Exericises
Presentations (II) Video recordings Debriefs
Close day 2
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in thenew Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Inhouse
ENQUIRE NOW
Course Overview
Solvency II is a legislative programme that has introduced harmonised insurance regulatory regimes in Europe and has two key objectives Firstly improved consumer protection by introducing a uniform and enhanced level of policyholder protection It is envisaged that this will give policyholders greater confidence in the products of insurers Secondly modernised supervision by shifting supervisorsrsquo focus from compliance monitoring and capital to evaluating insurersrsquo risk profiles and the quality of their risk management and governance systems
Solvency II has imposed the same three pillars on the insurance market that already apply to the banking industry Pillar 1 covers Financial Requirements Pillar 2 Governance amp Supervision Pillar 3 Reporting amp Disclosure
Delivery StyleThis two day workshop style course will explore and explain the main principles of the new procedures which came into force from January 2016 across Europe It considers the implications of the enhanced prudential regulation of insurers and the greater and more granular application of risk based capital management
Who Should AttendInsurance professionals analysts risk managers regulators bankers and auditors but is also appropriate for a broader audience who wish to gain insight into changing solvency rules for insurance companies The course is targeted at an intermediate level and assumes a basic understanding of insurance business lines and risks as well as accounting
Learning Objectives Understand what Solvency II is and the implications for insurance companies of this new Euro-
pean Commission legislation Understand the key terminology used Understand the regulatory expectations and objectives Describe the component parts - the building blocks of Solvency II Explain the key terminology - the language of Solvency II Explore the key role of the capital model - the Use Test Understand how risk control and governance interacts with capital requirements
Session 1 Introduction ndash understanding the risks Why the need for Solvency II Why has it taken so long to implement What are the business risks of both life and
non-life insurers Non life short-tail vs long-tail lines per-
sonal vs commercial insurance propor-tional vs non-proportional reinsurance
Life products paying on death survival or ill health lump sum vs income benefits
Investment bases for life contracts unit-linked with profits guaranteed inter-est-sensitive
Financial risk poor quality and quantity of capital and liquidity risk
Total financial resources expected vs unex-pected losses
Internal vs external factors amp Contagion risk
Case StudyExercise
Session 2 Signs of Distress Common themes Troubled insurance companies Growth challenges Over concentration Volatile markets Asset and liability mismatches Excessive investment risk How does Solvency II address these
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Enquire Now
Course Content
Case StudyExercise
Session 3 Solvency II Existing solvency regulation Pillars 12 amp 3 Technical provisions
Key liabilities Discounting liabilities Uncer-tainty ldquoMatching adsustmentrdquo Investment guarantees amp discretionary ben-efits in life contracts Market consistent liabilities amp risk margin hedgeable versus non hedgeable risks
Eligible capital
Case StudyExercise
Session 4 Solvency II Structure Role of the 3 Pillars MCR ndash Minimum Capital Requirements SCR - Solvency Capital Requirement Differences between MCR amp SCR Internal models Factor based approach Correlated and non-correlated risks Confidence levels and time horizon Proportionality
Case StudyExercise
Session 5 Solvency II - Capital Eligible capital Types of capital shareholder regulatory and
economic Quality of capital financial leverage double
leverage intangible vs tangible net worth dependence on hybrid capital fundability of capital
SCR Solvency Capital Requirement Basic Own Funds Ancillary Own Funds
Case StudyExercise
Session 6 Solvency II ndash Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity Impacts on liquidity ndash potential drains Liquidity management Product design and liquidity Liquidity and financial transactions Life policy persistency
Case StudyExercise
Session 7 Solvency II ndash Underwriting and Reserving Risks Data challenges Competitive pressures Economic factors disasters and catastro-
phes Catastrophe Bonds amp ISPVrsquos
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the-new Regulatory Environment of Solvency II
Continued
Ceded re-insurance - Litigation risks
Case StudyExercise
Session 8 Solvency II - Investment risk - market credit and interest rate risk Key challenges with assets and liabilities Emerging market difficulties ndash appropriate
assets may be scarce or illiquid Investment performance versus contractual
obligations Policies with options Issuer and sector exposure risks Market risk measurement ndash asset valuation
challenges Investment and counterparty risks under
Pillar 1 Loss absorbancy Derivatives in risk mitigation
Case StudyExercise
Session 9 Operational risk Failures in people processes systems and
external events Impact and frequency Op risk heat map Key insurance op risks Factor-based operational risk charges under
Pillar 1
Case StudyExercise
Session 10 Risk Management Improving corporate governanceamp internal
risk management The concept of group supervision Combatting contagion risk Risk responsibilities and processes for man-
aging investment underwriting and counter-party risks
ERM Strategy amp Ownership The ldquotone from the toprdquo amp The three lines of defence model Warning signs of weak management The importance of integrity ndash especially the
lack of it
Case StudyExercise
Session11 Pillar 2 Requirements Own Risk Solvency Assessment Risk Appetite Risk identification and assessment Risk measurement Risk reporting Risk and business strategy
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoBookrdquo button
Course Content
Advanced Negotiation Issues in MampADate
Location London Standard Price pound + VAT Membership Price pound + VAT
BOOK NOW
Course Overview
To book this course or find out more please click the ldquoEnquire Nowrdquo button
Continued ENQUIRE NOW
Course Content
Risk Management Strategies for Insurance Businesses in the new Regulatory environment of Solvency II
Stress testing Governance structure Supervisory reviews Capital add ons
Case StudyExercise
Session 12 Group Issues Supervision of groups Treatment of non EU operations as a guide Contagion risk Correlation of ancillary businesses Group supervisor Group support regime Solvency II equivalence
Case StudyExercise
Session 13 Pillar 3 Disclosure Public disclosure Solvency amp Financial Condition report Disclosure to regulator Report to supervisors
Course Conclusion amp Wrap Up
Open forum
The specialist in highly technical market-driven banking and corporate finance training
web redliffetrainingcom email enquiriesredcliffetrainingcouk phone +44 (0)20 7387 4484